blob: dd250a0fa8071f96393ef23a5cfa536d541c46b5 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkb75190d2012-01-19 10:58:21 +01002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2012
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
5# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
6# project.
7#
8# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
9# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
10# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
11# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
12#
13# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16# GNU General Public License for more details.
17#
18# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
21# MA 02111-1307 USA
22#
23
24Summary:
25========
26
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000027This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000028Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
29processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
30initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
31code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000032
33The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
35header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000036support booting of Linux images.
37
38Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
39configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
40implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
41add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
42code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
43load and run it dynamically.
44
45
46Status:
47=======
48
49In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000051"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
52
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000053In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010054who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board
55maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000057
58Where to get help:
59==================
60
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000061In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
62U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050063<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
64on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
65Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
66http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000067
68
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010069Where to get source code:
70=========================
71
72The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
73git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
74http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
75
76The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020077any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010078available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
79directory.
80
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010081Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010082ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
83
84
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000085Where we come from:
86===================
87
88- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090- clean up code
91- make it easier to add custom boards
92- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
93- extend functions, especially:
94 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
95 * S-Record download
96 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020097 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000098- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000099- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000100- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +0200101- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000102
103
104Names and Spelling:
105===================
106
107The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
108"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
109in source files etc.). Example:
110
111 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
112
113File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
114
115 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
116
117 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
118
119Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
120the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
121
122 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
123 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000124
125
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000126Versioning:
127===========
128
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200129Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
130were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
131into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
132names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
133Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
134releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000135
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200136Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000137 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200138 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
139 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000140
141
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000142Directory Hierarchy:
143====================
144
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500145/arch Architecture specific files
146 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
147 /cpu CPU specific files
148 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
149 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000150 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200151 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
152 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
154 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
155 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
156 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
157 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
158 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
159 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
160 /lib Architecture specific library files
161 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
162 /cpu CPU specific files
163 /lib Architecture specific library files
164 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
165 /cpu CPU specific files
166 /lib Architecture specific library files
Graeme Russfea25722011-04-13 19:43:28 +1000167 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500168 /cpu CPU specific files
169 /lib Architecture specific library files
170 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
171 /cpu CPU specific files
172 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
173 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
174 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
175 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
176 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
177 /lib Architecture specific library files
178 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
179 /cpu CPU specific files
180 /lib Architecture specific library files
181 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
182 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200183 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800184 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500185 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000186 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
187 /cpu CPU specific files
188 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
189 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500190 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
191 /cpu CPU specific files
192 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200193 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500194 /cpu CPU specific files
195 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
196 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
197 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
198 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
199 /mpc8220 Files specific to Freescale MPC8220 CPUs
200 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
201 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
202 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
203 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
204 /lib Architecture specific library files
205 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
206 /cpu CPU specific files
207 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
208 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
209 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
210 /lib Architecture specific library files
211 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
212 /cpu CPU specific files
213 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
214 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
215 /lib Architecture specific library files
216/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
217/board Board dependent files
218/common Misc architecture independent functions
219/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
220/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
221/drivers Commonly used device drivers
222/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
223/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
224/include Header Files
225/lib Files generic to all architectures
226 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
227 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
228 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
229/net Networking code
230/post Power On Self Test
231/rtc Real Time Clock drivers
232/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000233
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000234Software Configuration:
235=======================
236
237Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
238rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
239
240There are two classes of configuration variables:
241
242* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
243 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
244 "CONFIG_".
245
246* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
247 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
248 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200249 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000250
251Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
252identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
253do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
254links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
255as an example here.
256
257
258Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
259---------------------------------------------------
260
261For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
262configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
263
264Example: For a TQM823L module type:
265
266 cd u-boot
267 make TQM823L_config
268
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200269For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000270e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
271directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
272
273
274Configuration Options:
275----------------------
276
277Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
278such information is kept in a configuration file
279"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
280
281Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
282"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
283
284
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000285Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
286kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
287build a config tool - later.
288
289
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000290The following options need to be configured:
291
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500292- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000293
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500294- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200295
296- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100297 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000298
299- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
300 Define exactly one of
301 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
302--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
303 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
304 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
305
306- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
307 Define exactly one of
308 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
309
310- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define one or more of
312 CONFIG_CMA302
313
314- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200317 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000318 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
319
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000320- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
321 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
322 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200323 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
324 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
325 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
326 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000327
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530328- Marvell Family Member
329 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
330 multiple fs option at one time
331 for marvell soc family
332
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000333- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000334 Define exactly one of
335 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000336
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200337- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000338 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
339 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000340 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
341 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000342 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
343 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000344
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000345- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200346 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
347 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000348 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000349 See doc/README.MPC866
350
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200351 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000352
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000353 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
354 of relying on the correctness of the configured
355 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
356 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
357 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200358 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000359
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100360 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
361
362 Define this option if you want to enable the
363 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
364
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600365- 85xx CPU Options:
366 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
367
368 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
369 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
370 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
371
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500372 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
373
374 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
375 tree nodes for the given platform.
376
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000377 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
378
379 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
380 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
381 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
382 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
383 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
384 purpose.
385
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000386 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
387
388 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
389 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
390 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
391
392 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
393 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
394
395 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
396 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
397
398 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
399 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
400 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
401 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
402
403 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
404 this erratum.
405
406 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
407
408 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
409 according to the A004510 workaround.
410
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000411- Generic CPU options:
412 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
413
414 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
415 values is arch specific.
416
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100417- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200418 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100419
420 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
421 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
422 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
423
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200424 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200425
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100426 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
427 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200428 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100429 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200430
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200431- MIPS CPU options:
432 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
433
434 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
435 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
436 relocation.
437
438 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
439
440 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
441 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
442 Possible values are:
443 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
444 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
445 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
446 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
447 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
448 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
449 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
450 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
451
452 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
453
454 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
455 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
456
457 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
458
459 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
460 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
461 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
462
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000463- ARM options:
464 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
465
466 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
467 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
468
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000469 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
470
471 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
472 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
473 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
474 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
475 GCC.
476
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000477- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000478 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
479
480 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
481 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
482 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
483 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
484 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
485 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
486 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000487 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100488 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000489 default environment.
490
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000491 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
492
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200493 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000494 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
495 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
496
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400497 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200498
499 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400500 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
501 concepts).
502
503 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
504 * New libfdt-based support
505 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500506 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400507
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200508 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
509 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
510 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
511 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200512 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600513 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200514
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200515 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
516 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500517
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600518 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
519
520 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
521 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000522
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500523 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
524
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200525 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500526 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
527
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200528 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
529
530 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
531 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
532 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
533 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
534 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
535 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
536
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000537 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
538
539 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
540 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
541 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
542 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
543 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
544 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
545 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
546
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100547- vxWorks boot parameters:
548
549 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
550 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
551 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
552
553 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
554 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
555 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
556 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
557
558 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
559
560 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
561
562 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
563 the defaults discussed just above.
564
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000565- Cache Configuration:
566 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
567 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
568 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
569
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000570- Cache Configuration for ARM:
571 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
572 controller
573 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
574 controller register space
575
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000576- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200577 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000578
579 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
580
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200581 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000582
583 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
584
585 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
586
587 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
588 the clock speed of the UARTs.
589
590 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
591
592 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
593 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
594 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
595
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000596 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
597
598 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
599 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
600 this variable to initialize the extra register.
601
602 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
603
604 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
605 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
606 variable to flush the UART at init time.
607
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000608
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000609- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000610 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
611 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
612 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
613 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000614
615 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
616 port routines must be defined elsewhere
617 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
618
619 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
620 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000621 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000622 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
623 (default big endian)
624 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
625 rectangle fill
626 (cf. smiLynxEM)
627 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
628 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
629 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
630 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000631 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
632 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000633 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
634 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000635 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000636 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
637 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
638 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
639 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
640 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
641 (i.e. i8042_getc)
642 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
643 (requires blink timer
644 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200645 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000646 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
647 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500648 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000649 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
650 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000651 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
652 linux_logo.h for logo.
653 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000654 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200655 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000656 the logo
657
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000658 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
659 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
660 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000661
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000662 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
663 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
664 the "silent" environment variable. See
665 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000666
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000667- Console Baudrate:
668 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
669 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200670 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
671 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000672
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100673- Console Rx buffer length
674 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
675 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100676 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100677 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
678 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
679 the SMC.
680
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000681- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200682 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
683 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
684 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
685 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
686 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
687 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
688 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200689 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200690 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000691
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200692 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
693 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000694
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000695- Safe printf() functions
696 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
697 the printf() functions. These are defined in
698 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
699 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
700 If this option is not given then these functions will
701 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
702 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
703
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000704- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
705 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
706 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000707 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
708 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000709
710 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
711 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
712 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
713 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
714 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
715 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
716 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
717 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
718 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
719 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
720 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
721 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
722
723- Autoboot Command:
724 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
725 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
726 define a command string that is automatically executed
727 when no character is read on the console interface
728 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
729
730 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000731 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
732 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
733 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000734
735 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000736 The value of these goes into the environment as
737 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
738 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200739 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000740
741- Pre-Boot Commands:
742 CONFIG_PREBOOT
743
744 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
745 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
746 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
747 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
748 entering interactive mode.
749
750 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
751 automatically generated or modified. For an example
752 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
753 modified when the user holds down a certain
754 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
755 booting the systems
756
757- Serial Download Echo Mode:
758 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
759 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
760 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
761 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
762 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
763 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
764 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
765
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500766- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000767 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
768 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200769 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000770
771- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500772 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
773 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000774 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
775 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500776 and augmenting with additional #define's
777 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000778
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500779 The default command configuration includes all commands
780 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000781
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500782 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500783 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
784 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
785 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
786 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
787 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
788 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
789 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500790 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500791 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
792 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
793 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600794 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
795 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
796 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
797 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500798 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
799 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500800 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500801 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
802 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500803 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500804 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500805 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
806 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT partition support
807 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
808 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
809 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500810 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000811 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500812 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
813 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
814 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
815 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
816 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all found images
817 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500818 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000819 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500820 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
821 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
822 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
823 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Mike Frysinger1ba7fd22010-12-26 12:34:49 -0500824 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000825 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
826 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500827 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
828 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400829 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM print md5 message digest
830 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500831 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
832 loop, loopw, mtest
833 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
834 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
835 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100836 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500837 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
838 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600839 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000840 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500841 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
842 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
843 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
844 host
845 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
846 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
847 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
848 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
849 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
850 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
851 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
852 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
853 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700854 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Alexander Hollerc6b1ee62011-01-18 09:48:08 +0100855 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400856 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200857 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500858 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000859 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000860 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000861 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
862 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500863 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500864 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000865 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000866
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000867
868 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
869 support you can write:
870
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500871 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
872 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000873
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400874 Other Commands:
875 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000876
877 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500878 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000879 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
880 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
881 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
882 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
883 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
884 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000885
886
887 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
888
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000889- Device tree:
890 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
891 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
892 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
893 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
894 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
895 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
896
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000897 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
898 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000899
900 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
901 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
902 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
903 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
904 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
905 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000906
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000907 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
908 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
909 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
910 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
911
912 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
913
914 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
915 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
916 still use the individual files if you need something more
917 exotic.
918
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000919- Watchdog:
920 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
921 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000922 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
923 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
924 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
925 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
926 available, then no further board specific code should
927 be needed to use it.
928
929 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
930 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
931 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
932 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000933
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000934- U-Boot Version:
935 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
936 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
937 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
938 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e512012-08-13 15:01:14 +0200939 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
940 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000941
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000942- Real-Time Clock:
943
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500944 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000945 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
946 following options:
947
948 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
949 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +0000950 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000951 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +0000952 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000953 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +0000954 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +0000955 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +0100956 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +0000957 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200958 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +0200959 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
960 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000961
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +0000962 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
963 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
964
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600965- GPIO Support:
966 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
967 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
968
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +0000969 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
970 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
971 pins supported by a particular chip.
972
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600973 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
974 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
975
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000976- Timestamp Support:
977
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000978 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
979 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
980 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500981 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000982
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000983- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
984 Zero or more of the following:
985 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
986 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
987 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
988 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
989 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
990 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
991 disk/part_efi.c
992 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000993
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100994 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
995 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +0000996 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000997
998- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000999 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1000 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001001
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001002 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1003 be performed by calling the function
1004 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1005 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001006
1007- ATAPI Support:
1008 CONFIG_ATAPI
1009
1010 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1011
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001012- LBA48 Support
1013 CONFIG_LBA48
1014
1015 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001016 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001017 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1018 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1019
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001020 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001021 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1022 Default is 32bit.
1023
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001024- SCSI Support:
1025 At the moment only there is only support for the
1026 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1027 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1028
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001029 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1030 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1031 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001032 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1033 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001034 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001035
1036- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001037 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001038 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1039
1040 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1041 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1042 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1043 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1044
1045 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1046 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1047 example with the "sspi" command.
1048
1049 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1050 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1051 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001052
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001053 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001054 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001055
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001056 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1057 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001058 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001059 write routine for first time initialisation.
1060
1061 CONFIG_TULIP
1062 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1063 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1064 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1065
1066 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1067 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1068
1069 CONFIG_NS8382X
1070 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1071
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001072- NETWORK Support (other):
1073
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001074 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1075 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1076
1077 CONFIG_RMII
1078 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1079
1080 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1081 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1082 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1083
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001084 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1085 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1086
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001087 CONFIG_DRIVER_LAN91C96
1088 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1089
1090 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1091 Define this to hold the physical address
1092 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1093
1094 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1095 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1096
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001097 CONFIG_DRIVER_SMC91111
1098 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1099
1100 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1101 Define this to hold the physical address
1102 of the device (I/O space)
1103
1104 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1105 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1106
1107 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1108 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1109 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1110
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001111 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1112 Support for davinci emac
1113
1114 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1115 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1116
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001117 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1118 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1119
1120 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1121 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1122 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1123 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1124 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1125 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1126 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1127 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1128
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001129 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001130 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1131
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001132 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001133 Define this to hold the physical address
1134 of the device (I/O space)
1135
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001136 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001137 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1138
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001139 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001140 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1141 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001142 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001143
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001144 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1145 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1146
1147 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1148 Define the number of ports to be used
1149
1150 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1151 Define the ETH PHY's address
1152
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001153 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1154 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1155
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001156- TPM Support:
1157 CONFIG_GENERIC_LPC_TPM
1158 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1159 per system is supported at this time.
1160
1161 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1162 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1163 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1164 0xfed40000.
1165
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001166- USB Support:
1167 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001168 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001169 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1170 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001171 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001172 storage devices.
1173 Note:
1174 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1175 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001176 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1177 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1178 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001179 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1180 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001181 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1182 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1183 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001184 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1185 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001186 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001187 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1188 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001189
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001190 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1191 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1192
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001193- USB Device:
1194 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1195 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1196 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001197 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001198 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1199 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001200 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001201 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1202 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1203 a Linux host by
1204 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1205 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1206 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1207 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001208
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001209 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1210 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001211
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001212 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1213 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1214 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001215
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301216 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1217 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1218 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1219 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1220 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1221 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1222 speed.
1223
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001224 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001225 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1226 be set to usbtty.
1227
1228 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001229 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001230 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001231 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001232
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001233 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001234 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001235 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001236
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001237 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001238 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001239 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001240 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1241 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1242 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1243
1244 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1245 Define this string as the name of your company for
1246 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001247
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001248 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1249 Define this string as the name of your product
1250 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1251
1252 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1253 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1254 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1255 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1256 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001257
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001258 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1259 Define this as the unique Product ID
1260 for your device
1261 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001262
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001263- ULPI Layer Support:
1264 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1265 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1266 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1267 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1268 viewport is supported.
1269 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1270 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001271
1272- MMC Support:
1273 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1274 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1275 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1276 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001277 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1278 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001279
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001280 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1281 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1282
1283 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1284 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1285
1286 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1287 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1288
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001289- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1290 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1291 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1292 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1293
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001294 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1295 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001296 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1297
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001298 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001299 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1300 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1301
1302 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001303 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001304 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1305 have not defined a custom partition
1306
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001307- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1308 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001309
1310 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1311 file in FAT formatted partition.
1312
1313 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1314 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001315
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001316- Keyboard Support:
1317 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1318
1319 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1320 support
1321
1322 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1323 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1324 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1325 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1326 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1327
1328- Video support:
1329 CONFIG_VIDEO
1330
1331 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1332 video).
1333
1334 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1335
1336 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1337
1338 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001339 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001340 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1341 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1342 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001343
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001344 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001345 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001346 are possible:
1347 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001348 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001349
1350 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1351 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1352 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1353 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1354 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1355 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1356 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001357 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1358
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001359 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001360 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001361
1362
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001363 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001364 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001365 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1366 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1367
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001368 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001369 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001370 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1371 support, and should also define these other macros:
1372
1373 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1374 CONFIG_VIDEO
1375 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1376 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1377 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1378 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1379 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1380 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1381
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001382 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1383 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1384 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1385 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001386
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001387- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001388 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001389
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001390 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1391 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1392 defined in your board-specific files.
1393 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001394
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001395- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1396
1397 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1398 display); also select one of the supported displays
1399 by defining one of these:
1400
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001401 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1402
1403 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1404
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001405 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001406
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001407 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001408
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001409 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001410
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001411 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1412 Active, color, single scan.
1413
1414 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1415
1416 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001417 Active, color, single scan.
1418
1419 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1420
1421 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1422 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1423
1424 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1425
1426 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1427 Active, color, single scan.
1428
1429 CONFIG_HLD1045
1430
1431 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1432 Active, color, single scan.
1433
1434 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1435
1436 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1437 or
1438 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1439 or
1440 Hitachi SP14Q002
1441
1442 320x240. Black & white.
1443
1444 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001445 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001446
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001447- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001448
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001449 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1450 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1451 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001452 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001453 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1454 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1455 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1456 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001457
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001458 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1459
1460 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1461 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1462 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1463 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1464 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1465 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1466
1467 Example:
1468 setenv splashpos m,m
1469 => image at center of screen
1470
1471 setenv splashpos 30,20
1472 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1473
1474 setenv splashpos -10,m
1475 => vertically centered image
1476 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1477
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001478- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1479
1480 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1481 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1482 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1483
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001484- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1485
1486 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1487 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1488 bmp command.
1489
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001490- Do compresssing for memory range:
1491 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1492
1493 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1494 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1495
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001496- Compression support:
1497 CONFIG_BZIP2
1498
1499 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1500 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1501 compressed images are supported.
1502
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001503 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001504 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001505 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001506
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001507 CONFIG_LZMA
1508
1509 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1510 images is included.
1511
1512 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1513 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1514 formula:
1515
1516 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1517
1518 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1519 and Literal pos bits.
1520
1521 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1522 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1523 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1524 a very small buffer.
1525
1526 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1527 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001528 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001529
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001530- MII/PHY support:
1531 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1532
1533 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1534
1535 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1536
1537 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1538
1539 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1540
1541 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001542 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001543
1544 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1545
1546 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1547 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1548 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1549 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1550
1551 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1552
1553 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1554 command issued before MII status register can be read
1555
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001556- Ethernet address:
1557 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001558 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001559 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1560 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001561 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1562 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001563
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001564 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1565 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001566 is not determined automatically.
1567
1568- IP address:
1569 CONFIG_IPADDR
1570
1571 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001572 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001573 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001574 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001575
1576- Server IP address:
1577 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1578
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001579 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001580 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001581 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001582
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001583 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1584
1585 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1586 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1587
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001588- Gateway IP address:
1589 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1590
1591 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1592 default router where packets to other networks are
1593 sent to.
1594 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1595
1596- Subnet mask:
1597 CONFIG_NETMASK
1598
1599 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1600 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1601 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1602 forwarded through a router.
1603 (Environment variable "netmask")
1604
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001605- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1606 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1607
1608 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1609 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001610 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001611 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1612 multicast group.
1613
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001614- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1615 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1616
1617 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1618 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1619 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1620 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1621 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1622 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1623 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1624 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001625 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001626
1627 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1628 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1629 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1630 4th and following
1631 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1632
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001633- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001634 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1635 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001636
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001637 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1638 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1639 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1640 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1641 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1642 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1643 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1644 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1645 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1646 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1647 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1648 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001649 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001650
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001651 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1652 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001653
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001654 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1655 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1656 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1657 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1658 is not available.
1659
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001660 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1661 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1662 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1663 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1664 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1665 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1666 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001667 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001668
1669 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1670 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1671 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001672 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001673 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1674 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001675
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001676 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1677
1678 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1679 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1680 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1681 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1682 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1683 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1684 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1685 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1686 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1687 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1688 this delay.
1689
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001690 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1691 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1692 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1693 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1694 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1695
1696 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1697
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001698 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001699 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001700
1701 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1702
1703 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1704
1705 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1706 of the device.
1707
1708 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1709
1710 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1711 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001712 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001713
1714 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1715
1716 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1717 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1718
1719 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1720
1721 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1722
1723 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1724
1725 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1726
1727 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1728
1729 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1730
1731 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1732
1733 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1734 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1735
1736 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1737
1738 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1739
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001740- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1741
1742 Several configurations allow to display the current
1743 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1744 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1745 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1746 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1747 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1748 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1749 feature in U-Boot.
1750
1751- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1752
1753 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1754 on those systems that support this (optional)
1755 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1756
1757- I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C
1758
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001759 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001760 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001761 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001762
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001763 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001764 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001765 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
1766 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001767 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001768
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001769 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001770
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001771 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001772 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware
1773 support for I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001774
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001775 There are several other quantities that must also be
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001776 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001777
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001778 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001779 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001780 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001781 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001782
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001783 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02001784 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001785 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
1786 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
1787 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001788
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05001789 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
1790
1791 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1792 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1793 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
1794 commands until the slave device responds.
1795
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001796 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001797
1798 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C)
1799 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1800 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001801
1802 I2C_INIT
1803
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001804 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001805 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001806
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001807 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001808
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001809 I2C_PORT
1810
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001811 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
1812 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
1813 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001814
1815 I2C_ACTIVE
1816
1817 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1818 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1819 define can be null.
1820
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001821 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1822
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001823 I2C_TRISTATE
1824
1825 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1826 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1827 define can be null.
1828
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001829 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1830
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001831 I2C_READ
1832
1833 Code that returns TRUE if the I2C data line is high,
1834 FALSE if it is low.
1835
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001836 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1837
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001838 I2C_SDA(bit)
1839
1840 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1841 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1842
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001843 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001844 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001845 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001846
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001847 I2C_SCL(bit)
1848
1849 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1850 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1851
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001852 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001853 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001854 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001855
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001856 I2C_DELAY
1857
1858 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1859 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001860 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001861 like:
1862
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001863 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001864
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04001865 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
1866
1867 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
1868 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
1869 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
1870 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
1871
1872 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
1873 the generic GPIO functions.
1874
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001875 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001876
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001877 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1878 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1879 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
1880 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
1881 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
1882 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
1883 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
1884 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001885
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04001886 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
1887
1888 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
1889 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
1890 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
1891 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
1892 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
1893 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
1894 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
1895 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
1896
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001897 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
1898
1899 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
1900 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
1901 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
1902
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001903 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1904
1905 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001906 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
1907 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001908 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
1909
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001910 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001911
1912 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001913 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05001914 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
1915 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001916
1917 e.g.
1918 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001919 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001920
1921 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
1922
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001923 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001924 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001925
1926 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
1927
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001928 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001929
1930 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
1931 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
1932
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001933 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001934
1935 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
1936 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
1937
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001938 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001939
1940 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
1941 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
1942
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001943 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07001944
1945 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
1946 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
1947 specified DTT device.
1948
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001949 CONFIG_FSL_I2C
1950
1951 Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001952 drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001953
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001954 CONFIG_I2C_MUX
1955
1956 Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n
1957 I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C
1958 Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a
1959 new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the
1960 new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for
1961 the muxes to activate this new "bus".
1962
1963 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this
1964 feature!
1965
1966 Example:
1967 Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes
1968 The First mux with address 70 and channel 6
1969 The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4
1970
1971 => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4
1972
1973 Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list
1974 of I2C Busses with muxes:
1975
1976 => i2c bus
1977 Busses reached over muxes:
1978 Bus ID: 2
1979 reached over Mux(es):
1980 pca9544a@70 ch: 4
1981 Bus ID: 3
1982 reached over Mux(es):
1983 pca9544a@70 ch: 6
1984 pca9544a@71 ch: 4
1985 =>
1986
1987 If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3"
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00001988 u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable
1989 channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001990 the channel 4.
1991
1992 After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00001993 usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001994 the 2 muxes.
1995
1996 This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging
1997 algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C
1998 Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult
1999 to add this option to other architectures.
2000
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002001 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2002
2003 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2004 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2005 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2006 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2007 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2008 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2009 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002010
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002011- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2012
2013 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2014 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2015 D/As on the SACSng board)
2016
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002017 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2018
2019 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2020 only SH7757 is supported.
2021
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002022 CONFIG_SPI_X
2023
2024 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2025 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2026
2027 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2028
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002029 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2030 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2031 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2032 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2033 defined, the board configuration must define several
2034 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2035 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002036
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002037 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2038
2039 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2040 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2041 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002042 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002043 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2044
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002045 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2046
2047 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002048 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002049
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002050- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2051
2052 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2053
2054 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2055
2056 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2057 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2058
2059 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2060
2061 Enables support for FPGA family.
2062 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2063
2064 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002065
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002066 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002067
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002068 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002069
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002070 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002071
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002072 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002073
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002074 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2075 status by the configuration function. This option
2076 will require a board or device specific function to
2077 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002078
2079 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2080
2081 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2082 configuration driver.
2083
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002084 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002085 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2086
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002087 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002088
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002089 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2090 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2091 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2092 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002093
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002094 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002095
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002096 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2097 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2098 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002099 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002101 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002102
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002103 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002104 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002105
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002106 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002107
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002108 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002109 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002110
2111- Configuration Management:
2112 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2113
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002114 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2115 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002116
2117- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2118
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002119 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2120 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002121 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002122 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2123 protects these variables from casual modification by
2124 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2125 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002126 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002127
2128 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2129 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002130 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002131 these parameters.
2132
2133 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2134 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002135 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002136 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2137 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2138 read-only.]
2139
2140- Protected RAM:
2141 CONFIG_PRAM
2142
2143 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2144 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2145 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2146 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2147 this default value by defining an environment
2148 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2149 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2150 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2151 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2152 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2153 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2154 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2155
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002156 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002157 saveenv
2158
2159 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2160 either, which results in a memory region that will
2161 not be affected by reboots.
2162
2163 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2164 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2165 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2166 following board configurations are known to be
2167 "pRAM-clean":
2168
2169 ETX094, IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2170 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, LANTEC,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002171 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002172
2173- Error Recovery:
2174 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2175
2176 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2177 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2178 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002179 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002180 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2181 useful during development since you can try to debug
2182 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2183
2184 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2185
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002186 This variable defines the number of retries for
2187 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2188 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2189 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002190
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002191 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2192
2193 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2194
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002195 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2196
2197 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2198 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2199 try longer timeout such as
2200 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2201
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002202- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002203 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002204
2205 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2206
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002207 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2208 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002209
2210
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002211 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002212
2213 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2214 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2215 powerful command line syntax like
2216 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2217 constructs ("shell scripts").
2218
2219 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2220 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2221
2222
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002223 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002224
2225 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2226 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2227 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2228
2229 Note:
2230
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002231 In the current implementation, the local variables
2232 space and global environment variables space are
2233 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2234 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2235 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2236 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2237 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002238
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002239 Global environment variables are those you use
2240 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2241 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2242 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002243
2244 To store commands and special characters in a
2245 variable, please use double quotation marks
2246 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2247 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2248 symbols.
2249
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002250- Commandline Editing and History:
2251 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2252
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002253 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002254 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002255
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002256- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002257 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2258
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002259 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2260 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002261 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002262
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002263 For example, place something like this in your
2264 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002265
2266 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2267 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2268 "myvar2=value2\0"
2269
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002270 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2271 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2272 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2273 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002274 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002275 You better know what you are doing here.
2276
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002277 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2278 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002279 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002280 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002281
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002282 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2283
2284 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2285 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2286 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2287
2288 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2289
2290 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2291 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2292 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2293 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2294 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2295
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002296- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002297 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2298
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002299 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2300 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2301 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002302
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002303- Serial Flash support
2304 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2305
2306 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2307 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2308
2309 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2310 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2311 commands.
2312
2313 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2314 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2315 flash is present on the system.
2316
2317 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2318 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2319 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2320 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2321
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002322- SystemACE Support:
2323 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2324
2325 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2326 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002327 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002328 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002329
2330 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002331 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002332
2333 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2334 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2335
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002336- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2337 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2338
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002339 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002340 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002341 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002342 number generator is used.
2343
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002344 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2345 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2346 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2347
2348 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002349 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2350 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2351 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2352 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2353 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2354 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2355
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002356- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002357 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2358
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002359 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2360 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2361 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2362 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2363 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2364 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002365
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002366- Detailed boot stage timing
2367 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2368 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2369 of the boot process.
2370
2371 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2372 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2373 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2374 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2375 the limit, recording will stop.
2376
2377 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2378 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2379
2380 Timer summary in microseconds:
2381 Mark Elapsed Stage
2382 0 0 reset
2383 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2384 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2385 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2386 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2387 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2388 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2389 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2390
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002391Legacy uImage format:
2392
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002393 Arg Where When
2394 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002395 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002396 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002397 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002398 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002399 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002400 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2401 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2402 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002403 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002404 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2405 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2406 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2407 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002408 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002409 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002410
2411 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2412 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2413 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2414 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2415 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2416 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2417 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002418 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002419 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2420 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2421
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002422 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002423
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002424 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd542004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002425 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2426 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002427
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002428 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2429 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2430 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2431 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2432 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2433 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2434 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2435 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2436 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2437 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2438 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2439 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2440 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2441 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2442 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2443 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2444 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2445 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2446 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2447 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2448 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2449 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2450 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2451 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2452 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2453 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2454 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2455 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2456 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2457 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2458 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2459 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2460 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2461 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2462 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2463 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2464 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2465 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2466 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2467 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2468 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2469 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2470 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2471 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2472 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2473 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2474 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002475
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002476 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002477
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002478 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002479 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2480 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002481
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002482 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2483 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002484 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002485 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2486 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2487 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002488 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2489 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002490 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002491
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002492FIT uImage format:
2493
2494 Arg Where When
2495 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2496 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2497 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2498 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2499 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2500 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002501 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002502 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2503 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2504 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2505 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2506 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002507 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2508 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002509 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2510 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2511 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2512 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2513 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2514 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2515 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2516 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2517
2518 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2519 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2520 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002521 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002522 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2523 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2524 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2525 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2526 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2527 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2528 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2529 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2530 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2531 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2532 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2533 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2534
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002535 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002536 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2537
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002538 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002539 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2540
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002541 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002542 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2543
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002544- Standalone program support:
2545 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2546
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002547 This option defines a board specific value for the
2548 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2549 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002550 settings.
2551
2552- Frame Buffer Address:
2553 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2554
2555 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
2556 address for frame buffer.
2557 Then system will reserve the frame buffer address to
2558 defined address instead of lcd_setmem (this function
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002559 grabs the memory for frame buffer by panel's size).
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002560
2561 Please see board_init_f function.
2562
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002563- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2564 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2565 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2566 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2567
2568 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2569 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2570
2571- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2572 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2573
2574 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2575 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2576
2577 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2578
2579 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2580 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2581
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002582- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002583 CONFIG_SPL
2584 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002585
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002586 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2587 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2588
2589 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
2590 Maximum binary size (text, data and rodata) of the SPL binary.
2591
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002592 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2593 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002594
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002595 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2596 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2597
2598 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
2599 Maximum binary size of the BSS section of the SPL binary.
2600
2601 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2602 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2603
2604 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2605 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
2606
2607 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2608 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002609
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07002610 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
2611 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
2612 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
2613 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
2614
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07002615 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
2616 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
2617 about the running system.
2618
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002619 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
2620 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002621
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002622 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
2623 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002624
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002625 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
2626 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002627
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002628 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
2629 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002630
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002631 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
2632 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002633
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002634 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
2635 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
2636 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
2637 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
2638 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
2639
2640 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
2641 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
2642
2643 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2644 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
2645
2646 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
2647 Support for drivers/mtd/nand/libnand.o in SPL binary
2648
2649 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
2650 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
2651 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
2652 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
2653 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
2654 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
2655 to read U-Boot with CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
2656
2657 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
2658 Location in NAND for CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE to read U-Boot
2659 from.
2660
2661 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
2662 Location in memory for CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE to load U-Boot
2663 to.
2664
2665 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
2666 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
2667 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
2668
2669 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
2670 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
2671 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
2672
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002673 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
2674 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002675
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002676 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
2677 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002678
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002679 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
2680 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002681
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02002682 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
2683 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
2684
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002685 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
2686 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002687
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002688Modem Support:
2689--------------
2690
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02002691[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002692
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002693- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002694 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
2695
2696- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
2697 CONFIG_HWFLOW
2698
2699- Modem debug support:
2700 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
2701
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002702 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
2703 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002704
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002705- Interrupt support (PPC):
2706
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002707 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
2708 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002709 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002710 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002711 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002712 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002713 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002714 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
2715 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
2716 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002717
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002718- General:
2719
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002720 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
2721 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
2722 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002723 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002724 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
2725 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
2726 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002727
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002728 If there are no modem init strings in the
2729 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
2730 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002731 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002732
2733 See also: doc/README.Modem
2734
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00002735Board initialization settings:
2736------------------------------
2737
2738During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
2739to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
2740before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
2741following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
2742architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
2743typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
2744
2745- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
2746- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
2747- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
2748- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002749
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002750Configuration Settings:
2751-----------------------
2752
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002753- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002754 undefine this when you're short of memory.
2755
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06002756- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
2757 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
2758
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002759- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002760 prompt for user input.
2761
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002762- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002763
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002764- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002765
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002766- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002767
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002768- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002769 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
2770 booted
2771
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002772- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002773 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
2774
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002775- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002776 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002777
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002778- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002779 If the board specific function
2780 extern int overwrite_console (void);
2781 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002782 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
2783
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002784- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002785 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002786
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002787- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002788 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
2789
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002790- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002791 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
2792 simple memory test.
2793
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002794- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002795 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002796
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002797- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00002798 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
2799 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
2800
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002801- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
2802 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002803 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002804 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002805 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
2806 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
2807 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002808 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002809 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002810 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002811
2812 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
2813 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
2814 be touched.
2815
2816 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
2817 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
2818 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
2819 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
2820 problems.
2821
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002822- CONFIG_SYS_TFTP_LOADADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002823 Default load address for network file downloads
2824
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002825- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002826 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
2827
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002828- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002829 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
2830
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002831- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002832 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
2833 Cogent motherboard)
2834
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002835- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002836 Physical start address of Flash memory.
2837
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002838- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002839 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
2840 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02002841 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002842 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002843
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002844- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002845 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
2846 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
2847 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
2848 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002849
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002850- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002851 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
2852
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002853- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002854 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
2855 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002856 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002857 to adjust this setting to your needs.
2858
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002859- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002860 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
2861 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02002862 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
2863 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
2864 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
2865 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002866 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00002867 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
2868 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
2869 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002870
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06002871- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
2872 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
2873 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
2874 is enabled.
2875
2876- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
2877 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
2878 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2879
2880- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
2881 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
2882 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2883
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002884- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002885 Max number of Flash memory banks
2886
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002887- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002888 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
2889
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002890- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002891 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
2892
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002893- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002894 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
2895
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002896- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002897 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
2898
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002899- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002900 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
2901
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002902- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002903 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
2904 instead of U-Boot software protection.
2905
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002906- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002907
2908 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
2909 without this option such a download has to be
2910 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
2911 copy from RAM to flash.
2912
2913 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
2914 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002915 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
2916 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002917 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
2918
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002919- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002920 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002921 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
2922
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02002923- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002924 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
2925 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002926
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01002927- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
2928 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
2929 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
2930 to the MTD layer.
2931
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002932- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02002933 Use buffered writes to flash.
2934
2935- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
2936 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
2937 write commands.
2938
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002939- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01002940 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
2941 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
2942 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
2943 optionally available.
2944
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05002945- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
2946 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
2947 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
2948 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
2949
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002950- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002951 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
2952 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002953 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
2954 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002955 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002956 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
2957
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002958- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
2959
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02002960 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
2961 internally to store the environment settings. The default
2962 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
2963 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
2964 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002965
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002966The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
2967of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
2968following configurations:
2969
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00002970- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
2971
2972 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
2973 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
2974
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02002975- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002976
2977 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
2978
2979 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
2980 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
2981 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
2982 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
2983 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
2984 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
2985 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
2986 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
2987 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
2988 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
2989 between U-Boot and the environment.
2990
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002991 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002992
2993 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
2994 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
2995 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
2996 for this sector is given here.
2997
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002998 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002999
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003000 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003001
3002 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3003 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003004 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003005
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003006 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003007
3008 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3009
3010
3011 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3012 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3013 the environment.
3014
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003015 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003016
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003017 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003018 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003019 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3020 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3021
3022 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3023 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3024 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3025 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3026 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3027 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3028 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3029 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3030 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3031
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003032 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3033 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003034
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003035 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003036 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003037 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003038 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003039
3040BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3041source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3042accordingly!
3043
3044
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003045- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003046
3047 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3048 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3049 environment.
3050
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003051 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3052 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003053
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003054 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003055 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3056 can just be read and written to, without any special
3057 provision.
3058
3059BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3060in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003061console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003062U-Boot will hang.
3063
3064Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3065environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3066keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3067to save the current settings.
3068
3069
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003070- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003071
3072 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3073 device and a driver for it.
3074
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003075 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3076 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003077
3078 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3079 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3080
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003081 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003082 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3083 The default address is zero.
3084
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003085 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003086 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3087 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3088 would require six bits.
3089
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003090 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003091 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003092 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003093
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003094 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003095 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3096 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3097
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003098 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003099 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3100 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3101 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3102 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3103 byte chips.
3104
3105 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3106 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3107 in the chip address.
3108
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003109 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003110 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3111
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003112 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3113 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3114 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3115
3116 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3117 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3118 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3119 EEPROM. For example:
3120
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +02003121 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0"
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003122
3123 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3124 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003125
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003126- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003127
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003128 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003129 want to use for the environment.
3130
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003131 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3132 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3133 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003134
3135 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3136 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3137 at the specified address.
3138
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003139- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3140
3141 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3142 want to use for the local device's environment.
3143
3144 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3145 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3146
3147 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3148 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3149 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003150 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003151
3152BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3153"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003154environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3155but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003156
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003157- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003158
3159 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3160 for the environment.
3161
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003162 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3163 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003164
3165 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003166 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3167 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003168
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003169 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003170
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003171 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003172 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3173 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003174 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003175 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003176
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003177 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3178
3179 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3180 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3181 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3182 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3183 the range to be avoided.
3184
3185 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3186
3187 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3188 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3189 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3190 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3191 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003192
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003193- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3194
3195 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3196 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3197 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3198
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003199- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003200
3201 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
3202 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
3203 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
3204 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
3205 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
3206 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
3207 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
3208
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003209Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003210has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02003211created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003212until then to read environment variables.
3213
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003214The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3215is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3216with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3217necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3218"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3219have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003220
3221Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3222the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003223use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003224
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003225- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003226 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003227
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003228 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003229 also needs to be defined.
3230
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003231- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003232 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003233
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003234- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3235 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3236 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3237 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3238 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3239 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3240
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003241Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003242---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003243
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003244- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003245 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3246
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003247- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003248 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00003249
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003250 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
3251 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
3252 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003253
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003254- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3255 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3256 PowerPC SOCs.
3257
3258- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3259 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3260 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3261
3262 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
3263 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
3264
3265- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3266 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3267 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003268 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003269 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3270 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3271 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3272
3273 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3274 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3275
3276- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003277 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3278 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003279 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3280 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3281
3282- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3283 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3284 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3285 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3286
3287- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3288 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3289 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3290
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003291- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003292 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003293
3294 the default drive number (default value 0)
3295
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003296 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003297
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003298 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003299 (default value 1)
3300
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003301 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003302
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003303 defines the offset of register from address. It
3304 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003305 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003306
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003307 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3308 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003309 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003310
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003311 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003312 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3313 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
3314 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
3315 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003316
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003317- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3318 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3319 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3320 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3321 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3322 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
3323 is requierd.
3324
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003325- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003326 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00003327 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003328
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003329- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003330
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003331 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003332 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3333 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3334 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3335 will become available only after programming the
3336 memory controller and running certain initialization
3337 sequences.
3338
3339 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
3340 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
3341 - MPC824X: data cache
3342 - PPC4xx: data cache
3343
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003344- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003345
3346 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003347 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3348 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003349 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003350 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003351 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
3352 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3353 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003354
3355 Note:
3356 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3357 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003358 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003359 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3360 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3361
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003362- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003363
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003364- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003365
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003366- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003367
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003368- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003369
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003370- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003371
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003372- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003373
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003374- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003375 SDRAM timing
3376
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003377- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003378 periodic timer for refresh
3379
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003380- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003381
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003382- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3383 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3384 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3385 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003386 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3387
3388- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003389 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3390 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003391 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3392
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003393- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
3394 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003395 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
3396 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
3397
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003398- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003399 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3400 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
3401
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003402- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01003403 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3404 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
3405
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003406- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003407 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3408 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
3409
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003410- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003411 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
3412 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
3413 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
3414
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003415- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003416 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
3417 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
3418 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
3419 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00003420
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003421- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3422 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
3423 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
3424 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3425 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
3426 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
3427 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
3428 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003429 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00003430
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01003431- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
3432 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
3433 required.
3434
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003435- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
3436 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
3437 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
3438 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
3439 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
3440 by coreboot or similar.
3441
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003442- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3443 Chip has SRIO or not
3444
3445- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3446 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3447
3448- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3449 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3450
3451- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3452 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3453
3454- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3455 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3456
3457- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3458 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3459
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003460- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_16
3461 Defined to tell the NDFC that the NAND chip is using a
3462 16 bit bus.
3463
3464- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3465 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3466 a default value will be used.
3467
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003468- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003469 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3470 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3471
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003472 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3473 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3474
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003475- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003476 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3477 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3478 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003479
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003480- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3481 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3482 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3483 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3484 header files or board specific files.
3485
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003486- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3487 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3488
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003489- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003490 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3491 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003492
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003493- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
3494 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
3495
3496- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
3497 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00003498 to the given FEC; i. e.
3499 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003500 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
3501
3502 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
3503
3504- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
3505 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
3506 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
3507
3508- CONFIG_RMII
3509 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3510 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3511 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3512
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003513- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3514 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3515 The syntax is:
3516
3517 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3518
3519 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3520 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3521 area should have.
3522
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003523- CONFIG_LOOPW
3524 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003525 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003526
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003527- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3528 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3529 "md/mw" commands.
3530 Examples:
3531
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003532 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003533 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3534
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003535 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003536 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3537
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003538 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003539 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003540
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003541- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003542 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003543 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3544 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3545 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003546
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003547 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3548 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3549 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3550 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003551
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003552- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02003553 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3554 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3555 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003556
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00003557- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
3558 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
3559 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
3560 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
3561 conditions but may increase the binary size.
3562
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003563Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
3564-----------------------------------
3565
3566The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
3567loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
3568This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3569are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3570within that device.
3571
3572- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
3573 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
3574 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3575 is also specified.
3576
3577- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
3578 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
3579 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
3580 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
3581 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
3582
3583- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
3584 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
3585 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
3586 virtual address in NOR flash.
3587
3588- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
3589 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
3590 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
3591
3592- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
3593 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
3594 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3595
3596- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
3597 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
3598 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3599
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00003600- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
3601 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
3602 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003603 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
3604 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
3605 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003606
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003607Building the Software:
3608======================
3609
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003610Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
3611and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
3612all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
3613(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
3614recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
3615which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003616
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003617If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
3618have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
3619you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
3620Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
3621necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003622
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003623 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
3624 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003625
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05003626Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
3627 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
3628 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
3629 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
3630
3631 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
3632
3633 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
3634 be executed on computers running Windows.
3635
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003636U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
3637sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003638is done by typing:
3639
3640 make NAME_config
3641
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003642where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00003643rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00003644
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003645Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
3646 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
3647 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
3648 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003649 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003650
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003651 make TQM823L_config
3652 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003653
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003654 make TQM823L_LCD_config
3655 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003656
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003657 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003658
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003659
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003660Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
3661images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003662
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003663- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
3664- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
3665- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003666
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003667By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
3668in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
3669this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
3670
36711. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
3672
3673 make O=/tmp/build distclean
3674 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
3675 make O=/tmp/build all
3676
36772. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
3678
3679 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3680 make distclean
3681 make NAME_config
3682 make all
3683
3684Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
3685variable.
3686
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003687
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003688Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
3689for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
3690native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003691
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003692
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003693If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
3694to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
3695steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003696
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000036971. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00003698 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
3699 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000037002. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
3701 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
3702 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
37033. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
3704 your board
37053. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
3706 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
37074. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
37085. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
3709 to be installed on your target system.
37106. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
3711 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003712
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003713
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003714Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
3715==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003716
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003717If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
3718or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003719provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
3720the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003721official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003722
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003723But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
3724cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003725the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
3726just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003727for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
3728select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
3729environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
3730you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003731
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003732 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003733
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003734or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003735
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003736 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003737
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003738When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
3739U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
3740setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
3741built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
3742<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
3743location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
3744variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003745
3746 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3747 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
3748 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
3749
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003750With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
3751log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
3752during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003753
3754
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003755See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003756
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003757
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003758Monitor Commands - Overview:
3759============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003760
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003761go - start application at address 'addr'
3762run - run commands in an environment variable
3763bootm - boot application image from memory
3764bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00003765bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003766tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
3767 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
3768 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00003769tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003770rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
3771diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
3772loads - load S-Record file over serial line
3773loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
3774md - memory display
3775mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
3776nm - memory modify (constant address)
3777mw - memory write (fill)
3778cp - memory copy
3779cmp - memory compare
3780crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05003781i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003782sspi - SPI utility commands
3783base - print or set address offset
3784printenv- print environment variables
3785setenv - set environment variables
3786saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
3787protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
3788erase - erase FLASH memory
3789flinfo - print FLASH memory information
3790bdinfo - print Board Info structure
3791iminfo - print header information for application image
3792coninfo - print console devices and informations
3793ide - IDE sub-system
3794loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003795loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003796mtest - simple RAM test
3797icache - enable or disable instruction cache
3798dcache - enable or disable data cache
3799reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
3800echo - echo args to console
3801version - print monitor version
3802help - print online help
3803? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003804
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003805
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003806Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
3807========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003808
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003809TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003810
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003811For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003812
3813
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003814Environment Variables:
3815======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003816
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003817U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
3818can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003819
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003820Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
3821"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
3822without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
3823environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
3824working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
3825environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003826
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003827Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
3828
3829List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003830
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003831 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003832
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003833 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003834
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003835 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003836
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003837 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003838
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003839 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003840
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003841 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3842 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3843 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
3844 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
3845 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
3846 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003847 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
3848 bootm_mapsize.
3849
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003850 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003851 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
3852 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
3853 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
3854 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
3855 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
3856 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003857
3858 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3859 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3860 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
3861 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
3862 environment variable.
3863
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02003864 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
3865 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
3866 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
3867
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003868 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
3869 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
3870 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
3871 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003872
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003873 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
3874 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
3875 be automatically started (by internally calling
3876 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003877
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003878 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
3879 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
3880 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
3881 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
3882 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003883
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003884 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
3885 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00003886 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
3887 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
3888 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
3889 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
3890 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
3891 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
3892 access it during the boot procedure.
3893
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003894 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
3895 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
3896 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
3897 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
3898 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
3899 must be accessible by the kernel.
3900
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00003901 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
3902 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
3903 defined.
3904
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00003905 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
3906 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
3907 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
3908 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
3909 it must be saved and board must be reset.
3910
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003911 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
3912 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
3913 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
3914 is usually what you want since it allows for
3915 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
3916 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003917 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003918 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
3919 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
3920 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
3921 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003922
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003923 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
3924 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
3925 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
3926 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
3927 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
3928 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003929
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003930 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003931
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003932 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
3933 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
3934 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
3935 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
3936 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
3937 boot time on your system, but requires that this
3938 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00003939
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003940 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003941
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003942 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
3943 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003944
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003945 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003946
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003947 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00003948
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003949 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003950
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003951 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003952
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003953 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003954
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003955 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003956
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003957 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
3958 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003959
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02003960 => setenv ethact FEC
3961 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
3962 => setenv ethact SCC
3963 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003964
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01003965 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
3966 available network interfaces.
3967 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
3968
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003969 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003970 either succeed or fail without retrying.
3971 When set to "once" the network operation will
3972 fail when all the available network interfaces
3973 are tried once without success.
3974 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
3975 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003976
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01003977 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01003978
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003979 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003980 UDP source port.
3981
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003982 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
3983 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
3984
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003985 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
3986 we use the TFTP server's default block size
3987
3988 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
3989 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
3990 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
3991 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
3992 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
3993 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
3994 with unreliable TFTP servers.
3995
3996 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003997 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003998 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003999
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004000The following image location variables contain the location of images
4001used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4002not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4003variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4004server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4005loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4006flash or offset in NAND flash.
4007
4008*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4009boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4010boards use these variables for other purposes.
4011
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004012Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4013----- --------- ----------- --------------
4014u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4015Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4016device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4017ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004018
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004019The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4020updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4021depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004022
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004023 bootfile - see above
4024 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4025 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4026 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4027 hostname - Target hostname
4028 ipaddr - see above
4029 netmask - Subnet Mask
4030 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4031 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004032
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004033
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004034There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004035
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004036 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4037 as type string and/or serial number
4038 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004039
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004040These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4041the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4042once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004043
4044
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004045Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004046
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004047 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4048 with the "version" command. This variable is
4049 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004050
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004051
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004052Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4053only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004054
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004055
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004056Command Line Parsing:
4057=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004058
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004059There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4060the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004061
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004062Old, simple command line parser:
4063--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004064
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004065- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4066- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004067- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004068- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4069 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004070 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004071- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4072 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004073
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004074Hush shell:
4075-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004076
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004077- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4078 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4079 until...do...done, ...
4080- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4081 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4082 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4083 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004084
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004085General rules:
4086--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004087
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004088(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4089 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4090 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4091 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004092
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004093(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004094 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004095 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4096 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004097
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004098Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4099=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004100
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004101Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004102such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4103"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004104
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004105Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4106MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4107"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004108
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004109If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4110in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4111ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4112variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004113
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004114o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4115 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004116
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004117o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4118 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4119 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004120
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004121o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4122 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004123
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004124o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4125 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4126 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004127
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004128o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
4129 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004130
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004131If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004132will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004133may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4134The naming convention is as follows:
4135"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004136
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004137Image Formats:
4138==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004139
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01004140U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4141images in two formats:
4142
4143New uImage format (FIT)
4144-----------------------
4145
4146Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
4147to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
4148components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
4149SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
4150
4151
4152Old uImage format
4153-----------------
4154
4155Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4156preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4157details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004158
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004159* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4160 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004161 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4162 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4163 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02004164* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004165 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
4166 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004167* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4168* Load Address
4169* Entry Point
4170* Image Name
4171* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004172
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004173The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4174and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4175CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004176
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004177
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004178Linux Support:
4179==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004180
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004181Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4182easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4183U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004184
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004185U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4186special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4187"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4188instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4189serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004190
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004191- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4192 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4193 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004194
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004195- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4196 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004197
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004198- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4199 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4200 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4201 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4202 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4203 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004204
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004205
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004206Linux HOWTO:
4207============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004208
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004209Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4210---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004211
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004212U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4213configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4214(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4215Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004216
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004217But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004218
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004219Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4220include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004221Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4222and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004223as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004224
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004225
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004226Configuring the Linux kernel:
4227-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004228
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004229No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4230device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004231
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004232
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004233Building a Linux Image:
4234-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004235
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004236With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4237not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4238"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4239U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4240which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4241100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004242
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004243Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004244
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004245 make TQM850L_config
4246 make oldconfig
4247 make dep
4248 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004249
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004250The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4251encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4252CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004253
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004254* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004255
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004256* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004257
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004258 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4259 -R .note -R .comment \
4260 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004261
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004262* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004263
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004264 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004265
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004266* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004267
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004268 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4269 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4270 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004271
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004272
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004273The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4274with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4275combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4276byte header containing information about target architecture,
4277operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4278stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004279
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004280"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4281print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004282
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004283In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4284contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4285checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004286
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004287 tools/mkimage -l image
4288 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004289
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004290The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4291from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004292
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004293 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4294 -n name -d data_file image
4295 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4296 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4297 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4298 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4299 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4300 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4301 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4302 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004303
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004304Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4305address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4306kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004307
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004308- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4309- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004310
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004311So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004312
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004313 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4314 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004315 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004316 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4317 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4318 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4319 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4320 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4321 Load Address: 0x00000000
4322 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004323
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004324To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004325
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004326 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4327 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4328 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4329 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4330 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4331 Load Address: 0x00000000
4332 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004333
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004334NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4335speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4336needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4337need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004338
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004339 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004340 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4341 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004342 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004343 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4344 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4345 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4346 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4347 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4348 Load Address: 0x00000000
4349 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004350
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004351
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004352Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4353when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004354
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004355 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4356 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4357 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4358 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4359 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4360 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4361 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4362 Load Address: 0x00000000
4363 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004364
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004365
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004366Installing a Linux Image:
4367-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004368
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004369To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4370you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004371
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004372 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004373
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004374The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4375image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4376address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4377specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4378command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004379
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004380Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4381TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004382
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004383 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004384
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004385 .......... done
4386 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004387
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004388 => loads 40100000
4389 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4390 ~>examples/image.srec
4391 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4392 ...
4393 15989 15990 15991 15992
4394 [file transfer complete]
4395 [connected]
4396 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004397
4398
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004399You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004400this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004401corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004402
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004403 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004404
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004405 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4406 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4407 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4408 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4409 Load Address: 00000000
4410 Entry Point: 0000000c
4411 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004412
4413
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004414Boot Linux:
4415-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004416
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004417The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4418memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4419of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4420parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4421"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004422
4423
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004424 => printenv bootargs
4425 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004426
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004427 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004428
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004429 => printenv bootargs
4430 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004431
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004432 => bootm 40020000
4433 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4434 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4435 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4436 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4437 Load Address: 00000000
4438 Entry Point: 0000000c
4439 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4440 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4441 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4442 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4443 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4444 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4445 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4446 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004447
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004448If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004449the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4450format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004451
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004452 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004453
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004454 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4455 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4456 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4457 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4458 Load Address: 00000000
4459 Entry Point: 0000000c
4460 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004461
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004462 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4463 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4464 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4465 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4466 Load Address: 00000000
4467 Entry Point: 00000000
4468 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004469
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004470 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4471 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4472 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4473 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4474 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4475 Load Address: 00000000
4476 Entry Point: 0000000c
4477 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4478 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4479 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4480 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4481 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4482 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4483 Load Address: 00000000
4484 Entry Point: 00000000
4485 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4486 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4487 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4488 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4489 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4490 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4491 ...
4492 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4493 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004494
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004495 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004496
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004497Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4498-----------
4499
4500First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4501titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4502following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4503flat device tree:
4504
4505=> print oftaddr
4506oftaddr=0x300000
4507=> print oft
4508oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4509=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4510Speed: 1000, full duplex
4511Using TSEC0 device
4512TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4513Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4514Load address: 0x300000
4515Loading: #
4516done
4517Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4518=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4519Speed: 1000, full duplex
4520Using TSEC0 device
4521TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4522Filename 'uImage'.
4523Load address: 0x200000
4524Loading:############
4525done
4526Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4527=> print loadaddr
4528loadaddr=200000
4529=> print oftaddr
4530oftaddr=0x300000
4531=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4532## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004533 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4534 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4535 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004536 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004537 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004538 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4539 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4540Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4541Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4542Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4543[snip]
4544
4545
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004546More About U-Boot Image Types:
4547------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004548
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004549U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004550
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004551 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4552 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4553 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4554 the Standalone Program.
4555 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4556 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4557 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4558 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4559 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4560 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4561 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
4562 being started.
4563 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
4564 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
4565 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
4566 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
4567 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
4568 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004569
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004570 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
4571 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
4572 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
4573 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
4574 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
4575 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004576
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004577 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
4578 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
4579 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004580
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004581 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
4582 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
4583 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
4584 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004585
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004586Booting the Linux zImage:
4587-------------------------
4588
4589On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
4590using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
4591as the syntax of "bootm" command.
4592
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00004593Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_INITRD_RAW allows user to supply
4594kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
4595address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
4596format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
4597
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004598
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004599Standalone HOWTO:
4600=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004601
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004602One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
4603run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
4604U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004605
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004606Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004607
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004608"Hello World" Demo:
4609-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004610
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004611'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
4612application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
4613It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
4614like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004615
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004616 => loads
4617 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4618 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
4619 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4620 [file transfer complete]
4621 [connected]
4622 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004623
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004624 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
4625 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4626 Hello World
4627 argc = 7
4628 argv[0] = "40004"
4629 argv[1] = "Hello"
4630 argv[2] = "World!"
4631 argv[3] = "This"
4632 argv[4] = "is"
4633 argv[5] = "a"
4634 argv[6] = "test."
4635 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
4636 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004637
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004638 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004639
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004640Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
4641handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
4642Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
4643The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
4644character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
4645controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004646
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004647 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
4648 b - enable interrupts and start timer
4649 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
4650 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004651
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004652 => loads
4653 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4654 ~>examples/timer.srec
4655 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4656 [file transfer complete]
4657 [connected]
4658 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004659
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004660 => go 40004
4661 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4662 TIMERS=0xfff00980
4663 Using timer 1
4664 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004665
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004666Hit 'b':
4667 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
4668 Enabling timer
4669Hit '?':
4670 [q, b, e, ?] ........
4671 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
4672Hit '?':
4673 [q, b, e, ?] .
4674 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
4675Hit '?':
4676 [q, b, e, ?] .
4677 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
4678Hit '?':
4679 [q, b, e, ?] .
4680 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
4681Hit 'e':
4682 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
4683Hit 'q':
4684 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004685
4686
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004687Minicom warning:
4688================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004689
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004690Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
4691"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
4692consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
4693Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
4694especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00004695use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
4696http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
4697for help with kermit.
4698
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004699
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004700Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
4701configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004702
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004703 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
4704 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
4705 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004706
4707
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004708NetBSD Notes:
4709=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004710
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004711Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
4712(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004713
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004714Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
4715NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
4716need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
4717Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
4718attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
4719missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004720
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004721 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
4722 # mkdir powerpc
4723 # ln -s powerpc machine
4724 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
4725 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004726
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004727Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
4728and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004729
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004730Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
4731stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
4732proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
4733tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00004734meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004735
4736
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004737Implementation Internals:
4738=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004739
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004740The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
4741implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
4742inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
4743hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004744
4745
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004746Initial Stack, Global Data:
4747---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004748
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004749The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
4750starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
4751system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
4752This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
4753is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
4754at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
4755options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
4756models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
4757MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
4758locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004759
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004760 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004761 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004762
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004763 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
4764 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
4765 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
4766 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004767
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004768 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
4769 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
4770 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
4771 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
4772 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004773 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004774 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
4775 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004776
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004777 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
4778 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004779 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004780 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
4781 board designers haven't used it for something that would
4782 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
4783 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004784
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004785 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004786 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
4787 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02004788 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004789 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
4790 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
4791 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
4792 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
4793 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004794
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004795 -Chris Hallinan
4796 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004797
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004798It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
4799code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004800
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004801* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
4802 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004803
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004804* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004805 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
4806 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004807
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004808* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
4809 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004810
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004811Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
4812normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
4813turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
4814simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
4815functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
4816functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
4817the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
4818place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
4819reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004820
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004821When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
4822relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
4823GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004824
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004825For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
4826 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004827 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004828 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
4829 R5-R10: parameter passing
4830 R13: small data area pointer
4831 R30: GOT pointer
4832 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004833
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01004834 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
4835 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
4836 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004837
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004838 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004839
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004840 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
4841 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
4842 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
4843 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
4844 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
4845 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004846
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00004847On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05004848 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
4849
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00004850 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05004851
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004852On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004853
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004854 R0: function argument word/integer result
4855 R1-R3: function argument word
4856 R9: GOT pointer
4857 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
4858 R11: argument (frame) pointer
4859 R12: temporary workspace
4860 R13: stack pointer
4861 R14: link register
4862 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004863
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004864 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004865
Thomas Chou0df01fd32010-05-21 11:08:03 +08004866On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
4867 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
4868
4869 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4870
4871 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
4872 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
4873
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004874On NDS32, the following registers are used:
4875
4876 R0-R1: argument/return
4877 R2-R5: argument
4878 R15: temporary register for assembler
4879 R16: trampoline register
4880 R28: frame pointer (FP)
4881 R29: global pointer (GP)
4882 R30: link register (LP)
4883 R31: stack pointer (SP)
4884 PC: program counter (PC)
4885
4886 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
4887
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02004888NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
4889or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004890
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004891Memory Management:
4892------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004893
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004894U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
4895MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004896
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004897The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
4898controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
4899memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
4900physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004901
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004902U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
4903TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
4904booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
4905to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004906memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004907configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
4908Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004909
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004910Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
4911of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004912
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004913So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
4914this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004915
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004916 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
4917 :
4918 0x0000 1FFF
4919 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
4920 :
4921 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004922
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004923 :
4924 :
4925 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
4926 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
4927 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
4928 :
4929 0x00FD FFFF
4930 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
4931 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
4932 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
4933 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004934
4935
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004936System Initialization:
4937----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004938
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004939In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004940(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004941configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
4942To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
4943To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
4944initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
4945which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
4946part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
4947the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004948
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004949Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
4950preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
4951(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
4952on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
4953programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
4954simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
4955banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004956
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004957When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
4958different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
4959bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
49600x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
4961contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004962
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004963Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
4964and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
4965Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
4966pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004967
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004968Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
4969until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
4970running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
4971new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004972
4973
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004974U-Boot Porting Guide:
4975----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004976
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004977[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
4978list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004979
4980
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004981int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004982{
4983 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004984
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004985 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
4986 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004987
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004988 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004989 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004990 return 0;
4991 }
4992
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004993 Download latest U-Boot source;
4994
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004995 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004996
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004997 if (clueless)
4998 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004999
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005000 while (learning) {
5001 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005002 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5003 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005004 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005005 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005006 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005007
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005008 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5009 Buy a BDI3000;
5010 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005011 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005012
5013 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5014 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5015 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5016 } else {
5017 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5018 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005019 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005020 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5021 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005022
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005023 while (!accepted) {
5024 while (!running) {
5025 do {
5026 Add / modify source code;
5027 } until (compiles);
5028 Debug;
5029 if (clueless)
5030 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5031 }
5032 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5033 if (reasonable critiques)
5034 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5035 else
5036 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005037 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005038
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005039 return 0;
5040}
5041
5042void no_more_time (int sig)
5043{
5044 hire_a_guru();
5045}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005046
5047
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005048Coding Standards:
5049-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005050
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005051All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005052coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005053"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005054
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005055Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5056MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
5057reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
5058sources.
5059
5060Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5061Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5062in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005063
5064Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5065- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005066- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005067- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005068- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005069- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
5070
5071Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5072with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005073
5074
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005075Submitting Patches:
5076-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005077
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005078Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5079establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5080may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005081
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005082Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005083
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005084Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5085see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5086
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005087When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5088it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005089
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005090* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5091 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5092 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005093
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005094* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5095 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005096
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005097* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
5098
5099* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
5100
5101* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005102 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005103
5104* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5105 document these in the README file.
5106
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005107* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5108 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005109 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005110 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5111 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005112
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005113 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5114 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5115 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005116
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005117 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5118 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5119 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5120 affected files).
5121
5122 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5123 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005124
5125* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5126 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
5127
5128* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5129 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
5130
5131
5132Notes:
5133
5134* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
5135 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5136 for any of the boards.
5137
5138* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5139 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5140 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
5141
5142* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5143 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5144 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5145 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5146 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5147 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00005148
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005149* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5150 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5151 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5152 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.